{"title":"Velvet Cushions","description":"\u003cp\u003eVelvet brings instant richness to a sofa, bench or window seat: deep color, a soft pile that catches the light, and a hand that invites you to sit down. Our velvet cushions use Warwick upholstery velvets and are made to your exact measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVelvet ranges\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNovara\u003c\/strong\u003e – a plush, saturated velvet for statement seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFelix\u003c\/strong\u003e – an easy everyday velvet in a wide spread of colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLovely\u003c\/strong\u003e – a softer, gentler sheen for relaxed living rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCasimir\u003c\/strong\u003e – a classic velvet suited to traditional and modern schemes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVelvet pile shifts with touch, so shading is a natural part of the look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush lightly with the pile and blot spills quickly; follow the care code on each fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose any size or shape: throw pillows, lumbar pillows, seat pads and window seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick a color and click \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Quote\u003c\/strong\u003e for a price-matched quote.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-atlantic","title":"Warwick Casimir Atlantic Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Atlantic\u003c\/strong\u003e is a velvet in a deep ocean blue, with a soft pile that catches the light. It makes a striking velvet cushion for a dining banquette, a window seat in a navy study, or a pair of throw pillows on a cream sofa. Pair it with brass, walnut, and white for a classic look. We make each cushion to your exact measurements and shape, with a zippered cover, optional piping, and your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47803582087403,"sku":"Casimir Atlantic","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/FCA07ATLA.webp?v=1770836536"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-blush","title":"Warwick Casimir Blush Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePink velvet feels soft and a little glamorous, and \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Blush\u003c\/strong\u003e from Warwick gets the balance just right. Use it on a vanity stool, a bench at the foot of a bed, or a reading chair in a bright corner. Pair it with gray, gold, and white marble. It also looks fresh with olive green. Each velvet cushion is cut to your measurements in any shape and finished with a zipper and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804576465131,"sku":"Casimir Blush","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Blush_f8979db2-c004-40c1-a802-a918923d0c3b.webp?v=1770872714"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-carbon","title":"Warwick Casimir Carbon Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep charcoal velvet, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Carbon\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a rich, modern look to indoor seating. It suits a sleek dining banquette, a bench in a black-and-white entry, or a window seat in a modern living room. Pair it with brass, white walls, and walnut. Velvet in a dark shade looks especially rich under lamplight. We make each velvet cushion to order in your exact size, with your choice of foam and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804578791659,"sku":"Casimir Carbon","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Carbon.webp?v=1770873384"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-almond","title":"Warwick Lovely Almond Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCreamy and nutty, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Almond\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pale warm velvet that makes a room feel soft and welcoming. It blends with oatmeal linen, light oak and white plaster. Try it for a window seat cushion in a calm bedroom, seat pads for upholstered dining chairs, or a bench in a bright entry. A thin tan piping adds a tailored line. We make each cushion to your exact measurements, in any shape, with a zippered cover and your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804581216491,"sku":"Lovely Almond","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/FLO61ALMO.webp?v=1770873712"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-cocoa","title":"Warwick Casimir Cocoa Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWarm and inviting, \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e by Warwick is a brown velvet that makes a room feel cozy. Use it on a fireside bench, a reading nook, or a set of dining chairs in a classic room. Pair it with cream, gold, and deep green. Cocoa velvet suits fall and winter decor especially well. Tell us your measurements and pick a foam, and we will make the velvet cushion with a zipper and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804582396139,"sku":"Casimir Cocoa","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Cocoa.webp?v=1770873536"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-currant","title":"Warwick Casimir Currant Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA rich jewel tone, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Currant\u003c\/strong\u003e is a deep red velvet for rooms that can handle some drama. Use it on a dining banquette in a dark green room, a library window seat, or a pair of throw pillows on a gray sofa. Pair it with brass, black, and cream. It looks especially good in candlelight at dinner. Every cushion is made to your exact size and shape, with a zippered cover and your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804621455595,"sku":"Casimir Currant","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Currant.webp?v=1770878073"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-donkey","title":"Warwick Casimir Donkey Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe name may make you smile, but \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Donkey\u003c\/strong\u003e from Warwick is a serious neutral: a soft gray-brown velvet that suits almost any room. Use it on a living room window seat, a bedroom bench, or chair cushions in a transitional dining room. Pair it with cream, black, and warm wood. It lets brighter accents shine. We make each velvet cushion to your measurements, any shape, with optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804623257835,"sku":"Casimir Donkey","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Donkey.webp?v=1770878382"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-eclipse","title":"Warwick Casimir Eclipse Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Eclipse\u003c\/strong\u003e is a dark, muted velvet that adds depth without shouting. It suits a home theater bench, a banquette in a moody dining room, or a window seat in a modern bedroom. Pair it with brass, gray stone, and crisp white. It anchors a room full of lighter neutrals and gives a soft, plush look to a modern space. Each velvet cushion is cut to your exact size and finished with a zipper, with your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804634398955,"sku":"Casimir Eclipse","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Eclipse.webp?v=1770878510"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-espresso","title":"Warwick Casimir Espresso Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep, dark brown velvet: that is \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Espresso\u003c\/strong\u003e by Warwick, made for rooms that feel warm and grown-up. Use it on a study window seat, a dining banquette with brass sconces, or a bench at the foot of a four-poster bed. Pair it with cream, camel, and gold. It hides small marks better than lighter velvets. We make every velvet cushion to order in any shape, with a zippered cover, optional piping, and no minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804643999979,"sku":"Casimir Espresso","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Espresso.webp?v=1770878919"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-forest","title":"Warwick Casimir Forest Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGreen velvet has a classic, collected look, and \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Forest\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers it in a deep, nature-inspired shade. Use it on a library window seat, a dining banquette, or a pair of pillows on a tan leather sofa. Pair it with brass, walnut, and tartan. It also looks great in a modern room with white walls. Each velvet cushion is made to your exact size and shape, with your choice of foam and a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804644753643,"sku":"Casimir Forest","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Forest_52429046-c89d-4d6c-933b-aa83c7136dab.webp?v=1770879113"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-fossil","title":"Warwick Casimir Fossil Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eEarthy and soft, \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Fossil\u003c\/strong\u003e from Warwick is a velvet in a warm, stony neutral. It suits a bedroom bench, a window seat in a living room with stone walls, or a set of dining chair cushions. Pair it with linen, oak, and black iron. Fossil works in modern and traditional homes alike. We cut each velvet cushion to your measurements, any shape, with optional piping and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804673556715,"sku":"Casimir Fossil","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Fossil.webp?v=1770879277"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-gold","title":"Warwick Casimir Gold Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGold velvet catches the light beautifully, and \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Gold\u003c\/strong\u003e by Warwick brings that warm glow to indoor seating. Use it on a single accent chair, a window seat in a navy room, or a bench in a bright entry. Pair it with navy, emerald, or charcoal for contrast. It adds warmth to cool gray schemes. Each velvet cushion is made to your size and shape, with a zipper, your choice of foam, and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804673949931,"sku":"Casimir Gold","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Gold_a9f19259-5bb4-402e-afe7-7872b86b06d7.webp?v=1770879480"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-ice","title":"Warwick Casimir Ice Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrisp and cool, \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Ice\u003c\/strong\u003e from Warwick is a pale velvet with a fresh, clear tone. It suits a nursery chair, a bedroom window seat, or a dressing table stool. Pair it with silver, white, and pale gray. It feels calm and quiet in a bedroom, and it also suits a light, wintry dining room with pale wood chairs and white linen. We make every velvet cushion to your exact measurements, with a zippered cover and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804674605291,"sku":"Casimir Ice","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Ice.webp?v=1770879617"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-ink","title":"Warwick Casimir Ink Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eInky blue velvet has real drama, and \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Ink\u003c\/strong\u003e by Warwick shows it off. It suits a dining banquette, a study window seat, or a bench in a moody entry with brass hooks. Pair it with gold, cream, and walnut. It also looks sharp with white trim and a striped rug in a classic townhouse. Each velvet cushion is cut to your exact size and shape and finished with a zipper and your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804674900203,"sku":"Casimir Ink","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Ink.webp?v=1770879840"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-jade","title":"Warwick Casimir Jade Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eJewel-toned and lively, \u003cstrong\u003eCasimir Jade\u003c\/strong\u003e from Warwick is a green velvet that brings color to a room. Use it on a pair of dining chairs, a reading nook, or a bench at the foot of a bed. Pair it with blush, brass, and white for a fresh look, or with navy for something richer. We make each velvet cushion to order in any shape, with optional piping and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804678340843,"sku":"Casimir Jade","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Jade_7cbf21bc-579b-4289-976a-8e10d1273c4e.webp?v=1770880016"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-kingfisher","title":"Warwick Casimir Kingfisher Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright as the bird it is named for, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Kingfisher\u003c\/strong\u003e is a jewel-toned velvet that brings a clear shot of blue to a quiet room. Use it for a velvet cushion on a white window seat, or a run of seat pads on black dining chairs. It also looks sharp on a hallway bench next to brass hooks and a striped runner. Pair it with crisp white, warm walnut and a touch of mustard for an eclectic look. We cut each cushion to your exact size, fill it with the foam you pick, and finish it with a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804686991595,"sku":"Casimir Kingfisher","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Kingfisher.webp?v=1770880200"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-mink","title":"Warwick Casimir Mink Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft brown with a gentle gray cast, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Mink\u003c\/strong\u003e is the velvet you choose when you want warmth without loud color. It settles in beside oak floors, linen drapes and cream walls. Picture it on a bay window cushion in a reading nook, on a tufted bench at the foot of the bed, or as seat pads for a breakfast banquette. Add camel, ivory and aged brass for a calm, classic room. Tell us your measurements and shape, choose a foam, and add piping or ties if you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804691513579,"sku":"Casimir Mink","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mink.webp?v=1770880411"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-olive","title":"Warwick Casimir Olive Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThink of a shaded garden path. \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Olive\u003c\/strong\u003e is a muted green velvet with natural depth, and it works well in rooms full of wood, rattan and plants. Try it as a window seat cushion in a sunroom, a long pad for a farmhouse dining bench, or a cushion for a cane-back chair. It sits nicely with terracotta, cream plaster and dark bronze hardware. Each piece is sewn to order in your size and shape, with a zipper so the cover comes off easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804700492011,"sku":"Casimir Olive","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Olive_fc10c181-f4d5-4477-b196-19357fd12729.webp?v=1770880524"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-orchid","title":"Warwick Casimir Orchid Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIs your room ready for a little color? \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Orchid\u003c\/strong\u003e answers with a soft, refined purple velvet that feels both playful and grown up. It suits a dressing table stool, a girl's bedroom window nook, or a curved settee cushion in a sitting room. Pair it with pale gray walls, white lacquer and silver accents, or go bolder with olive green. Order a custom velvet cushion in any shape you need, from a rectangle to a round, with the foam and piping you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804718088427,"sku":"Casimir Orchid","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Orchid.webp?v=1770880685"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-pearl","title":"Warwick Casimir Pearl Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eLight, quiet and a little luminous, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Pearl\u003c\/strong\u003e is an off-white velvet for rooms that run on soft neutrals. It glows against warm oak and pairs easily with greige walls, bouclé and pale stone. Use it for a bench cushion in a primary bedroom, a seat pad for upholstered vanity chairs, or a window seat in a calm guest room. Because the shade is so pale, it suits adult spaces best. We make it to your exact measurements, with your choice of foam and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804718776555,"sku":"Casimir Pearl","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Pearl.webp?v=1770880840"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-polar","title":"Warwick Casimir Polar Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCool and crisp like fresh snow, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Polar\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pale, icy velvet with a clean, modern feel. It works with white oak, chrome and soft blue-gray walls. Choose it for a long cushion on a Scandinavian-style daybed, a window seat in a bright stair landing, or a set of seat pads for clear acrylic dining chairs. A charcoal throw or navy piping gives it some edge. Send us your size and shape, pick a foam, and we will sew it to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804719333611,"sku":"Casimir Polar","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Polar_191f15c9-2984-4a83-83e8-48fa12d64806.webp?v=1770880996"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-ruby","title":"Warwick Casimir Ruby Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep red velvet always makes a statement, and \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Ruby\u003c\/strong\u003e does it with real richness. Set it against dark green walls, walnut paneling or a classic black-and-white checked floor. It is a strong pick for a library window seat, a bench cushion in a formal entry, or chair pads around a holiday dining table. Gold frames and warm lamp light bring out its glow. Every cushion is cut to your exact dimensions, and you can add piping or ties for a tailored finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804721332459,"sku":"Casimir Ruby","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Ruby.webp?v=1770881169"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-rust","title":"Warwick Casimir Rust Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWarm, earthy and easy to live with, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e is a velvet in the color of autumn leaves and old brick. It pairs well with cognac leather, cream walls and dark wood. Use it on a mudroom bench, a cushion for a mid-century lounge chair, or a long pad for a kitchen banquette. It adds warmth to a modern farmhouse room without feeling heavy. Pick any shape, including trapezoid or L-shape, and choose the foam that gives you the seat you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804721922283,"sku":"Casimir Rust","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Rust.webp?v=1770881330"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-sangria","title":"Warwick Casimir Sangria Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNamed for a glass of red wine, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Sangria\u003c\/strong\u003e is a deep berry velvet that adds warmth and a bit of drama. It looks rich beside blush pink, plum and smoky gray, and it suits dark-painted rooms well. Try it as a velvet cushion for a dining banquette in a moody dining room, a bench at the end of a guest bed, or a pad for a bar-side window seat. Your cushion is made to order in your size, with a zippered cover and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804722446571,"sku":"Casimir Sangria","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sangria.webp?v=1770881467"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-sapphire","title":"Warwick Casimir Sapphire Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a blue that feels rich rather than bright, look at \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Sapphire\u003c\/strong\u003e. This jewel-toned velvet pairs well with white trim, brass lamps and warm wood floors. It brings a classic touch to a window seat in a home office, a long bench cushion in a front hall, or chair pads at a navy-and-white dining table. Add a few patterned pillows in gold or coral to lift it. We sew each cushion to your measurements, with your choice of foam, piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804724183275,"sku":"Casimir Sapphire","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sapphire_0e07cc9f-fb6c-46ce-b113-75877fbfb6d2.webp?v=1770881603"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-scarlet","title":"Warwick Casimir Scarlet Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFew colors wake up a room like \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Scarlet\u003c\/strong\u003e, a bold, saturated red velvet with real confidence. It works best where you want one strong accent: a cushion on a black window bench, a pad for a single statement chair, or a seat for a kitchen stool by a white island. Keep the rest simple with white, black and natural wood. Choose any shape and size for your custom velvet cushion, plus the foam and finish that suit how you sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804725952747,"sku":"Casimir Scarlet","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Scarlet_3263e5cd-06c8-40b0-bdc6-d4c1b350119c.webp?v=1770881734"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-shale","title":"Warwick Casimir Shale Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGray with a hint of cool stone, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Shale\u003c\/strong\u003e is a quiet velvet that grounds a room. It sits well with slate floors, black steel windows and charcoal cabinetry, and it softens a modern space without adding color. Use it on a built-in banquette in a kitchen, a bay window cushion in a study, or a bench along an entry wall. White piping gives it a crisp outline. Every cushion is made to your exact size, with a zippered cover so it stays easy to care for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804726935787,"sku":"Casimir Shale","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Shale.webp?v=1770881877"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-silver","title":"Warwick Casimir Silver Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA soft metallic gray with a gentle sheen, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Silver\u003c\/strong\u003e fits glamorous rooms and calm ones alike. It pairs with mirrored furniture, white marble and pale blue walls. Try it as a velvet cushion for a dressing room bench, seat pads for Louis-style dining chairs, or a long window seat in a formal living room. It also works as a neutral backdrop for bright throw pillows. We cut and sew to order in rectangles, rounds or custom shapes, with the foam of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804727722219,"sku":"Casimir Silver","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Silver_0be8d82c-26f7-4990-8c9f-36a858b7f663.webp?v=1770882055"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-spruce","title":"Warwick Casimir Spruce Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFresh green, like evergreen needles in winter, defines \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Spruce\u003c\/strong\u003e. This velvet brings a natural note to rooms with white walls, light oak and woven baskets. Use it for a bench cushion in a sunny mudroom, a window seat in a child's reading corner, or seat pads for wishbone chairs. Mix it with camel and cream for a cozy cabin look, or with pink for something more playful. Tell us your size, and add piping or ties if you need them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804729819371,"sku":"Casimir Spruce","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Spruce.webp?v=1770882216"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-storm","title":"Warwick Casimir Storm Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMoody and full of depth, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Storm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a velvet in the shade of a dark rain cloud. It looks right at home in a den with deep blue walls, leather chairs and brass reading lamps. Choose it for a window seat in a media room, a long cushion for a built-in bench by the fireplace, or a pad for an upholstered ottoman top. A pale linen pillow or two keeps it from feeling heavy. Each cushion is made to your measurements, with your pick of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804730048747,"sku":"Casimir Storm","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Storm_5f2986d9-709f-40f2-b191-98afc8c19ccc.webp?v=1770882437"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-thunder","title":"Warwick Casimir Thunder Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDark, earthy and steady, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Thunder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a velvet for people who like their neutrals with some weight. Its deep tone works with natural stone, black iron and rough-sawn wood. It suits a cushion for a hearth bench, a pad for a long hallway seat, or a set of replacement cushions for a worn window seat. Cream and rust pillows add warmth on top. Choose your shape and size, from a simple rectangle to an L-shape, and we will sew it to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804730179819,"sku":"Casimir Thunder","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Thunder.webp?v=1770882657"},{"product_id":"warwick-casimir-wysteria","title":"Warwick Casimir Wysteria Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft lilac with a hint of gray, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Casimir Wysteria\u003c\/strong\u003e takes its cue from the climbing flower. This velvet feels calm and pretty without being sweet. It works with white painted furniture, pale sage and soft gold. Use it for a bay window cushion in a bedroom, a bench pad in a nursery, or seat cushions for cane dining chairs in a garden room. A cream piping gives it a neat edge. We build every cushion to your size, with a zipper and your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the refined sophistication of Warwick's Casimir, a premium velvet that seamlessly bridges contemporary and traditional design aesthetics. This collection showcases meticulously curated fabrics with sumptuous tactile qualities, delivering the understated luxury that discerning interiors demand. Each piece combines exceptional durability with visual richness, making it an ideal choice for residential and commercial applications alike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804731162859,"sku":"Casimir Wysteria","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Wysteria.webp?v=1770882878"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-aqua","title":"Warwick Lovely Aqua Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePale blue-green, like shallow water, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Aqua\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a fresh, airy look to indoor seating. This velvet pairs with whitewashed wood, sand-colored linen and pale gray stone. It suits a coastal sunroom window seat, a bench cushion in a beach cottage hallway, or chair pads in a bright breakfast room. Add coral or navy pillows for contrast. Choose a rectangle, round or custom shape, and we will sew it to order with optional piping or ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804735586539,"sku":"Lovely Aqua","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Aqua.webp?v=1770883891"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-asphalt","title":"Warwick Lovely Asphalt Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDark gray with a slight warmth, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Asphalt\u003c\/strong\u003e is a velvet that anchors a room. It works with matte black hardware, concrete, walnut and crisp white walls. Choose it for a kitchen banquette that sees daily use, a long bench cushion in an industrial-style loft, or replacement cushions for a built-in window seat. A camel throw softens it nicely. We cut each cushion to your size and fill it with the foam you like best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804736635115,"sku":"Lovely Asphalt","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Asphalt.webp?v=1770884135"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-atlantic","title":"Warwick Lovely Atlantic Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhere does a deep, steady blue fit best? \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Atlantic\u003c\/strong\u003e suits a window seat in a home library, a bench cushion in a front hall with white wainscoting, or seat pads at a classic dining table. This velvet pairs well with brass, warm cherry wood and blue-and-white china. It gives a room a timeless, coastal-classic feel. Every cushion is made to order in your exact dimensions, with a zippered cover and piping if you want a crisp edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804739485931,"sku":"Lovely Atlantic","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Atlantic.webp?v=1770884431"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-blossom","title":"Warwick Lovely Blossom Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePale pink with a gentle warmth, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Blossom\u003c\/strong\u003e is a velvet for rooms that feel light and kind. It looks pretty with white painted furniture, soft green and polished nickel. Use it on a bay window cushion in a nursery, a dressing room bench, or seat pads for cane-back side chairs. It also softens a gray bedroom nicely. Send us your measurements and pick a foam, and we will make your custom velvet cushion to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804747841771,"sku":"Lovely Blossom","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Blossom.webp?v=1770884584"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-burnish","title":"Warwick Lovely Burnish Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBurnished tones have a soft glow, and \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Burnish\u003c\/strong\u003e brings that warm, muted look to indoor seating. This velvet suits rooms with antique brass, leather-bound books and dark wood. Try it on a library bench, a window seat in a formal sitting room, or cushions for a pair of hall chairs. It works well in classic and traditional homes. We sew it to order in any shape, including trapezoid and L-shape, with your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804750856427,"sku":"Lovely Burnish","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Burnish.webp?v=1770884727"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-cement","title":"Warwick Lovely Cement Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCool, calm and very livable, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Cement\u003c\/strong\u003e is a mid-gray velvet with a modern, urban feel. It pairs with poured concrete, black steel and pale oak. Use it as a bench cushion in a minimal entry, a long pad for a dining banquette, or a window seat in a loft bedroom. Mustard or rust pillows add warmth if you want it. Each cushion is cut to your exact size, with a zippered cover and optional ties to keep it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804754231531,"sku":"Lovely Cement","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Cement.webp?v=1770884867"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-cinnamon","title":"Warwick Lovely Cinnamon Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSpicy and warm, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Cinnamon\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reddish-brown velvet that makes a room feel cozy. It looks right beside cream walls, cognac leather and woven wool rugs. Try it for a breakfast nook banquette, a window seat in a den, or seat pads for farmhouse dining chairs. It suits fall and winter decor but holds up as a year-round color too. We make every cushion to your measurements, with your pick of foam and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804763570411,"sku":"Lovely Cinnamon","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Cinnamon.webp?v=1770885231"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-coal","title":"Warwick Lovely Coal Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNearly black and very rich, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Coal\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a velvet cushion real presence. It pairs well with white marble, brass and pale oak for a sharp, modern contrast. Use it for a long window seat in a dark-painted study, a bench in a formal entry, or seat pads for black lacquer dining chairs. It also hides wear well in busy homes. Tell us your size and shape, and we will sew it to order with a zipper for easy removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804769894635,"sku":"Lovely Coal","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Coal.webp?v=1770885522"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-dusk","title":"Warwick Lovely Dusk Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe last light of evening inspired \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Dusk\u003c\/strong\u003e, a soft and muted velvet with a twilight feel. It sits well with smoky blue walls, silver accents and pale gray stone. Choose it for a bedroom window seat, a bench cushion at the foot of a bed, or seat pads for a reading corner chair. It brings a relaxed, quiet mood to a room. Each cushion is made to your measurements, and you can add piping or ties for a finished look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804776087787,"sku":"Lovely Dusk","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Dusk.webp?v=1770885808"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-ecru","title":"Warwick Lovely Ecru Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eEcru is the color of raw linen, and \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Ecru\u003c\/strong\u003e brings that warm, natural tone to velvet. It works beautifully with jute, oak, rattan and creamy plaster. Try it as a window seat cushion in a modern farmhouse living room, a bench pad in a light entry, or seat cushions for spindle-back chairs. It is a soft base for patterned pillows. We cut each cushion to your exact size, fill it with the foam you choose, and finish it with a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804781363435,"sku":"Lovely Ecru","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Ecru.webp?v=1770886050"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-espresso","title":"Warwick Lovely Espresso Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDark and warm like a fresh shot of coffee, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Espresso\u003c\/strong\u003e is a deep brown velvet with a classic feel. It pairs with cream walls, brass lamps and walnut. Use it for a bench cushion in a busy mudroom, a banquette in a cozy kitchen, or replacement cushions for a set of dining chairs. It holds up well where kids and pets sit. Order it in any shape, from a simple rectangle to a curved seat, with optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804786082027,"sku":"Lovely Espresso","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Espresso.webp?v=1770886264"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-flint","title":"Warwick Lovely Flint Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFlint gray has a cool, stony edge, and \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Flint\u003c\/strong\u003e brings it to indoor seating in a soft velvet. It sits nicely with slate floors, white oak and black window frames. Try it on a window seat cushion in a modern home office, a bench in a hallway, or seat pads for metal dining chairs. A white piping gives it a crisp outline. We sew each cushion to your exact measurements, with a zippered cover and the foam you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804788113643,"sku":"Lovely Flint","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Flint.webp?v=1770886426"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-jade","title":"Warwick Lovely Jade Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGreen with a gentle, cool depth, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Jade\u003c\/strong\u003e adds color without shouting. This velvet suits rooms with white walls, light wood and brass. Use it for a bay window cushion in a sitting room, a long bench in a garden-facing breakfast nook, or seat pads for bamboo-style chairs. Blush pink or cream pillows look lovely on top. Each cushion is cut and sewn to order in your size and shape, with ties available for chairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804791193835,"sku":"Lovely Jade","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Jade.webp?v=1770886589"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-latte","title":"Warwick Lovely Latte Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilky, soft and warm, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Latte\u003c\/strong\u003e is a light brown velvet that goes with nearly any neutral palette. It pairs with cream bouclé, light oak and matte black hardware. Choose it for a window seat in a family room, a bench cushion in an open-plan entry, or pads for upholstered counter stools. It suits Scandinavian and modern farmhouse homes alike. Tell us your size, choose your foam, and add a zipper and piping as you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804799975659,"sku":"Lovely Latte","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Latte.webp?v=1770886793"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-madder","title":"Warwick Lovely Madder Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMadder is a traditional red dye, and \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Madder\u003c\/strong\u003e carries that deep, earthy red into a soft velvet. It looks rich with dark green, warm wood and antique brass. Use it for a dining banquette in a classic home, a window seat in a study, or a bench cushion in a front hall with a patterned rug. It brings warmth and history to a room. We make each cushion to your exact measurements, in any shape you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804803285227,"sku":"Lovely Madder","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Madder.webp?v=1770887035"},{"product_id":"warwick-felix-bark","title":"Warwick Felix Bark Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Felix Bark\u003c\/strong\u003e has a matte surface that looks a lot like felted wool, with the soft hand of velvet underneath. The color is a warm tree-bark brown that suits rustic and transitional rooms. Use it as a bench cushion in a mountain cabin entry, seat pads for ladder-back chairs, or a window seat near a stone fireplace. It pairs well with cream knits, black iron and reclaimed wood. Order it in your exact size and shape, with piping or ties if your seat needs them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe subtle surface variation creates visual depth without overwhelming a space, making Felix Collection an ideal choice for designers seeking refined, contemporary aesthetics. Its versatile neutral palette and inviting texture work seamlessly across modern and classic interiors, offering the premium feel of traditional velvet with enhanced performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804807807211,"sku":"Felix Bark","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/FFE11BARK.webp?v=1770887273"},{"product_id":"warwick-lovely-mocha","title":"Warwick Lovely Mocha Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Lovely Mocha\u003c\/strong\u003e is a warm, chocolate-milk brown velvet that feels soft and familiar. It works with cream walls, caramel leather and woven baskets. Try it as a velvet cushion for a reading nook window seat, seat pads around a round kitchen table, or a bench at the foot of a bed. It adds comfort to a neutral room without darkening it too much. Each cushion is made to order with a zippered cover and your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombining refined elegance with robust performance, lovely collection represents the pinnacle of contemporary transitional design. This sophisticated plain weave balances luxurious softness with impressive durability, making it equally suited to discerning interiors and demanding applications. The expansive color collection—including the versatile Almond tone—empowers designers to craft cohesive, personalized spaces that reflect individual aesthetic vision while maintaining the structural integrity required for custom upholstery and home furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804810395883,"sku":"Lovely Mocha","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Lovely_Mocha.webp?v=1770887337"},{"product_id":"warwick-novara-alpine","title":"Warwick Novara Alpine Velvet Custom Indoor Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrisp and cool like mountain air, \u003cstrong\u003eWarwick Novara Alpine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a plush velvet with a fresh, clean tone. It pairs with white walls, light oak and soft wool. Try it for a window seat in a ski-lodge bedroom, a bench cushion in a bright entry, or seat pads around a Scandinavian dining table. Gray or cream pillows keep the look calm. We make each cushion to order in your exact size, with optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for longevity without compromising on aesthetic refinement, Novara performs exceptionally across residential and hospitality settings. The fabric's inherent depth and luminosity create visual interest while maintaining a restrained, curated aesthetic—hallmarks of discerning design. Perfect for upholstery, drapery, and accent applications where quality and presence matter equally.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Warwick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47804821012715,"sku":"Novara Alpine","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Alpine.webp?v=1770897714"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/en-gb\/collections\/velvet-cushions.oembed","provider":"Fabrica Kraft ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}